1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
211 int *other_type_used);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
266 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
274 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint *b;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675 result->commands = commands;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
730 struct breakpoint *b;
733 if (b->number == num)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
747 struct bp_location *loc;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
873 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
929 struct bp_location *loc;
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
960 innermost_block = NULL;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
969 struct bp_location *loc;
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
990 static VEC (char_ptr) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
995 text = skip_spaces (text);
996 space = skip_to_space (text);
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1016 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1017 struct bp_location *loc;
1020 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1025 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
1027 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
1029 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text = skip_spaces (space);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1047 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1049 struct breakpoint *b;
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1057 bnum = get_number (&p);
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1062 if (b->number == bnum)
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1090 struct command_line *c;
1092 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1096 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1119 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1120 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1136 struct command_line *commands)
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line *c;
1145 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1166 struct command_line *c2;
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1169 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1170 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1172 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1189 struct breakpoint *b;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1191 struct bp_location *loc;
1194 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1196 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1197 if (loc->address == addr)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1209 struct command_line *commands)
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1214 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1226 int old_silent = b->silent;
1229 if (old_silent != silent)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1239 int old_thread = b->thread;
1242 if (old_thread != thread)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1252 int old_task = b->task;
1255 if (old_task != task)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1262 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1264 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270 struct commands_info
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line *control;
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1293 struct commands_info *info = data;
1295 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1297 struct command_line *l;
1299 if (info->control != NULL)
1300 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1306 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1310 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1312 l = read_command_lines (str,
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1321 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1331 b->commands = info->cmd;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1852 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1857 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1858 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1861 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1864 loc->address = addr;
1865 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type = b->base.type;
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 b->base.type = type;
1941 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1949 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1950 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1953 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 next = value_next (v);
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1967 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1968 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1969 base->loc->address = -1;
1970 base->loc->length = -1;
1971 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1974 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2000 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2003 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2030 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2033 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2034 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2043 static struct agent_expr *
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2047 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2057 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2081 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2083 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2084 struct bp_location *loc;
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2106 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2113 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2151 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2163 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2164 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2169 loc->cond_bytecode);
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179 static struct agent_expr *
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2182 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2183 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2184 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2185 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2186 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2188 char *format_start, *format_end;
2189 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2191 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2198 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2200 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2202 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2203 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2205 format_start = cmdrest;
2207 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2209 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2211 format_end = cmdrest;
2213 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2214 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2216 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2218 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2219 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2221 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2223 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2225 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2227 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2228 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2231 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2236 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2237 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2239 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2245 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2247 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2248 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2249 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2262 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2266 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2267 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2268 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2271 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2273 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2274 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2275 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2276 struct bp_location *loc;
2278 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2279 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2280 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2283 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2286 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2287 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2288 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2289 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2290 response back to GDB. */
2291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2294 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2298 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2300 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2301 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2302 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2303 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2304 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2305 loc->owner->extra_string);
2306 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2312 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2313 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2314 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2316 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2322 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2324 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2329 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2330 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2332 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2334 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2337 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2338 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2343 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2344 for this location's address. */
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2348 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2349 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2350 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2351 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2353 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2354 to send the commands to the target. */
2355 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2359 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2360 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2361 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2362 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2365 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2366 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2367 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2368 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2371 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2372 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2374 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2375 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2376 int *disabled_breaks,
2377 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2378 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2381 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2382 struct gdb_exception e;
2384 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2387 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2388 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2389 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2390 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2391 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2392 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2393 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2394 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2395 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2396 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2397 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2398 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2400 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2401 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2402 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2403 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2405 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2407 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2408 build_target_command_list (bl);
2409 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2410 bl->needs_update = 0;
2413 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2414 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2416 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2419 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2420 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2422 Two important cases are:
2423 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2424 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2425 hardware breakpoint.
2426 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2427 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2428 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2431 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2432 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2433 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2434 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2436 struct mem_region *mr
2437 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2441 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2443 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2445 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2446 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2448 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2450 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2452 static int said = 0;
2454 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2457 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2458 _("Note: automatically using "
2459 "hardware breakpoints for "
2460 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2465 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2466 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2467 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2468 "at readonly address %s"),
2469 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2473 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2474 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2475 || bl->section == NULL
2476 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2478 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2479 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2481 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2486 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2491 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2492 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2493 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2495 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2496 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2497 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2498 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2499 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2503 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2505 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2506 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2507 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2508 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2509 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2511 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2512 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2513 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2517 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2518 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2520 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2521 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2523 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2528 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2533 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2534 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2541 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2542 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2544 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2546 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2548 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2550 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2551 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2554 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2555 "library breakpoints:\n");
2557 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2563 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2565 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2566 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2567 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2568 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2569 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2570 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2571 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2575 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2576 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2578 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2579 "Error accessing memory address ");
2580 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2582 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2583 safe_strerror (val));
2594 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2595 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2596 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2597 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2599 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2600 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2602 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2604 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2605 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2606 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2608 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2610 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2611 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2615 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2616 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2620 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2621 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2628 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2629 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2632 /* Back to the original value. */
2633 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2637 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2642 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2643 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2645 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2648 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2652 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2653 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2655 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2658 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2660 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2661 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2662 so just return success. */
2669 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2670 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2674 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2676 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2677 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2679 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2682 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2683 delete_breakpoint (b);
2686 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2687 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2688 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2690 struct bp_location *tmp;
2692 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2694 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2695 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2696 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2698 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2699 if (tmp->next == loc)
2701 tmp->next = loc->next;
2707 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2708 removed locations above. */
2709 update_global_location_list (0);
2712 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2713 Throws exception on any error.
2714 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2715 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2717 insert_breakpoints (void)
2719 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2721 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2722 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2724 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2726 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2729 update_global_location_list (1);
2731 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2732 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2734 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2735 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2738 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2741 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2743 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2747 callback (loc, NULL);
2751 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2752 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2753 always-inserted mode. */
2756 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2758 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2761 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2762 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2763 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2765 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2766 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2768 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2769 there was an error. */
2770 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2772 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2774 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2776 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2778 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2781 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2782 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2783 deletion of breakpoints. */
2784 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2787 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2789 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2790 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2791 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2792 insert breakpoints. */
2793 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2794 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2797 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2798 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2805 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2806 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2809 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2812 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2815 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2817 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2818 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2821 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2822 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2823 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2825 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2826 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2828 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2829 there was an error. */
2830 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2832 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2836 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2839 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2840 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2841 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2842 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2843 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2846 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2848 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2849 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2850 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2851 insert breakpoints. */
2852 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2853 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2856 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2857 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2862 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2863 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2866 int some_failed = 0;
2867 struct bp_location *loc;
2869 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2872 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2875 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2878 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2879 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2886 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2888 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2890 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2891 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2892 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2900 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2901 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2902 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2904 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2905 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2906 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2908 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2909 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2912 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2915 /* Used when the program stops.
2916 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2917 removing a breakpoint location. */
2920 remove_breakpoints (void)
2922 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2927 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2928 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2933 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2936 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2938 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2940 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2942 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2944 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2947 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2952 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2961 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2963 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2966 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2967 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2968 struct inferior *inf;
2969 struct thread_info *tp;
2971 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2975 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2976 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2978 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2980 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2981 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2985 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2991 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2994 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3003 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3005 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3006 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3007 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3008 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3009 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3010 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3012 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3015 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3019 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3023 static struct breakpoint *
3024 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3025 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3026 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3028 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3029 struct breakpoint *b;
3031 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3034 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3035 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3037 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3038 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3039 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3044 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3046 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3048 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3050 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3051 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3053 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3054 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3056 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3059 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3060 int longjmp_searched;
3062 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3063 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3065 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3066 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3071 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3072 int exception_searched;
3074 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3075 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3078 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3080 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3081 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3083 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3086 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3088 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3091 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3092 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3094 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3095 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3097 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3099 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3100 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3102 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3103 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3105 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3108 return bp_objfile_data;
3112 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3114 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3116 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3117 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3121 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3123 struct objfile *objfile;
3124 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3126 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3128 struct breakpoint *b;
3129 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3132 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3134 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3137 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3139 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3141 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3144 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3145 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3148 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3151 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3152 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3154 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3155 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3157 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3159 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3160 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3164 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3165 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3168 update_global_location_list (1);
3172 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3174 struct program_space *pspace;
3175 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3177 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3179 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3181 struct objfile *objfile;
3183 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3185 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3188 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3189 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3191 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3192 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3195 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3197 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3199 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3200 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3204 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3207 struct probe *probe;
3208 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3211 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3212 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3216 struct breakpoint *b;
3218 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3220 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3221 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3222 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3228 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3230 struct breakpoint *b;
3231 const char *func_name;
3234 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3237 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3238 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3240 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3242 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3245 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3246 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3249 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3252 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3253 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3254 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3255 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3256 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 update_global_location_list (1);
3262 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3265 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3267 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3269 struct program_space *pspace;
3270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3271 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3273 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3275 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3277 struct objfile *objfile;
3280 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3282 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3284 struct breakpoint *b;
3285 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3287 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3289 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3292 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3294 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3296 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3297 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3298 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3300 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3301 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3307 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3309 bp_std_terminate_master,
3310 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3311 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3312 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 update_global_location_list (1);
3318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3321 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3324 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3326 struct objfile *objfile;
3327 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3329 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3331 struct breakpoint *b;
3332 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3333 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3336 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3338 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3339 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3341 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3342 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3348 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3350 struct probe *probe;
3353 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3354 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3358 struct breakpoint *b;
3360 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3361 bp_exception_master,
3362 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3363 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3364 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3370 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3372 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3375 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3377 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3379 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3381 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3382 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3384 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3388 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3391 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3392 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3394 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3395 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3396 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3397 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3400 update_global_location_list (1);
3404 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3406 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3407 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3409 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3410 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3411 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3412 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3413 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3414 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3415 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3416 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3418 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3419 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3423 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3426 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3427 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3429 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3434 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3436 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3441 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3442 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3443 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3444 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3446 delete_breakpoint (b);
3450 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3451 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3453 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3459 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3460 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3461 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3463 delete_breakpoint (b);
3467 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3469 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3470 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3471 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3472 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3476 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3477 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3478 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3479 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3480 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3481 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3483 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3484 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3485 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3486 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3487 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3488 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3489 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3491 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3492 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3493 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3494 let finish_command delete it.
3496 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3497 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3498 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3499 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3500 solib breakpoints.) */
3502 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3507 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3508 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3510 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3512 delete_breakpoint (b);
3516 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3517 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3518 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3524 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3526 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3528 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3529 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3531 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3532 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3534 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3535 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3536 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3538 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3542 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3545 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3546 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3548 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3552 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3553 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3554 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3555 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3556 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3559 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3563 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3564 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3566 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3567 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3570 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3571 This should not ever happen. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3574 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3575 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3577 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3578 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3579 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3581 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3582 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3583 || bl->section == NULL
3584 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3586 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3587 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3591 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3592 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3593 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3595 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3596 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3598 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3599 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3600 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3601 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3602 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3604 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3605 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3607 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3608 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3611 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3612 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3613 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3614 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3616 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3617 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3618 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3619 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3620 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3621 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3627 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3632 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3633 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3634 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3635 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3642 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3645 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3647 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3648 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3650 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3651 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3652 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3655 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3656 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3659 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3660 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3662 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3666 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3673 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3676 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3678 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3679 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3681 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3682 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3685 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3686 This should not ever happen. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3689 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3691 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3693 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3699 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3702 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3704 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3706 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3707 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3711 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3712 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3714 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3717 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3718 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3719 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3724 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3726 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3727 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3729 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3731 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3733 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3736 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3738 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3739 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3740 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3746 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3752 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3754 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3755 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3758 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3760 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3762 case bp_shlib_event:
3764 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3765 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3766 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3767 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3768 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3770 (gdb) file prog-linux
3771 (gdb) run # native linux target
3774 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3775 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3778 case bp_step_resume:
3780 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3782 delete_breakpoint (b);
3786 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3787 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3790 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3792 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3793 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3794 delete_breakpoint (b);
3795 else if (context == inf_starting)
3797 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3798 insert_breakpoints. */
3800 value_free (w->val);
3811 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3812 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3813 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3814 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3817 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3818 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3819 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3820 match, not program space. */
3822 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3823 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3824 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3825 permanent breakpoint.
3826 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3827 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3828 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3829 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3830 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3832 enum breakpoint_here
3833 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3835 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3836 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3838 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3840 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3841 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3844 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3845 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3846 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3847 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3849 if (overlay_debugging
3850 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3851 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3852 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3853 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3854 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3856 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3860 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3863 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3866 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3868 struct bp_location *loc;
3871 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3872 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3878 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3879 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3880 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3881 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3884 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3887 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3891 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3898 if (overlay_debugging
3899 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3900 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3901 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3909 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3910 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3913 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3915 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3924 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3928 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3931 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3935 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3939 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3942 if (overlay_debugging
3943 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3944 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3945 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3951 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3952 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3959 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3960 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3962 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3966 struct bp_location *loc;
3968 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3969 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3972 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3975 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3976 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3980 /* Check for intersection. */
3981 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3982 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3990 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3991 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3994 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3997 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3998 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4002 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4004 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4005 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4009 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4010 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4013 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4016 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4018 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4019 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4020 it is now time to do so. */
4022 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4023 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4027 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4029 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4030 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4031 it is now time to do so. */
4033 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4034 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4038 if (overlay_debugging
4039 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4040 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4041 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4050 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4054 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4056 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4059 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4063 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4065 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4066 value_free (bs->old_val);
4067 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4068 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4072 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4073 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4076 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4093 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4094 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4097 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4101 bpstat retval = NULL;
4106 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4108 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4109 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4110 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4111 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4112 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4114 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4115 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4119 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4129 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4132 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4137 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4139 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4145 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4146 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4147 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4148 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4150 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4151 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4153 Return 1 otherwise. */
4156 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4158 struct breakpoint *b;
4161 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4163 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4164 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4165 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4166 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4167 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4169 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4171 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4175 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4178 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4180 struct thread_info *tp;
4183 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4186 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4190 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4192 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4194 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4196 value_free (bs->old_val);
4202 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4205 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4207 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4209 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4211 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4212 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4213 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4214 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4215 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4219 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4222 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4225 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4227 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4230 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4231 or its equivalent. */
4234 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4236 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4237 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4240 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4241 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4242 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4243 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4245 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4246 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4247 bpstat of the current thread. */
4250 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4253 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4256 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4258 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4261 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4262 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4264 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4266 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4269 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4270 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4272 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4273 struct command_line *cmd;
4274 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4276 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4278 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4279 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4280 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4281 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4282 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4283 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4284 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4285 the tree when we're done. */
4286 ccmd = bs->commands;
4287 bs->commands = NULL;
4288 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4289 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4290 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4292 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4298 execute_control_command (cmd);
4300 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4306 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4307 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4309 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4311 if (target_can_async_p ())
4312 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4313 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4314 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4317 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4318 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4319 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4320 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4321 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4322 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4323 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4324 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4325 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4326 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4327 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4328 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4329 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4334 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4339 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4341 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4343 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4344 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4345 && target_has_execution
4346 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4347 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4348 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4349 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4350 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4351 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4352 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4355 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4358 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4361 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4364 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4367 struct value_print_options opts;
4368 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4369 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4373 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4374 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4375 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4376 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4379 static enum print_stop_action
4380 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4382 switch (bs->print_it)
4385 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4386 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4390 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4391 relevant messages. */
4392 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4395 case print_it_normal:
4397 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4399 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4400 which has since been deleted. */
4402 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4404 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4405 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4410 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4411 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4416 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4419 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4422 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4424 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4428 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4429 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4430 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4434 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4438 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4439 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4443 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4447 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4448 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4451 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4456 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4457 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4461 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4466 struct so_list *iter;
4468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4470 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4471 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4474 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4479 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4480 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4484 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4488 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4489 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4490 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4491 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4492 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4493 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4494 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4497 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4498 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4499 code to print the location. An example is
4500 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4502 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4503 to also print the location part of the message.
4504 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4505 don't require a location appended to the end.
4506 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4507 further info to be printed. */
4509 enum print_stop_action
4510 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4514 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4515 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4516 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4517 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4518 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4520 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4521 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4522 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4523 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4527 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4528 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4529 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4530 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4532 print_solib_event (0);
4533 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4536 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4537 with and nothing was printed. */
4538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4541 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4542 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4543 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4544 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4547 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4549 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4550 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4552 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4556 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4559 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4563 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4565 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4566 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4567 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4568 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4569 incref_bp_location (bl);
4570 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4571 bs->commands = NULL;
4573 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4577 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4578 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4581 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4583 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4585 struct breakpoint *b;
4587 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4589 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4590 as not triggered. */
4592 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4594 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4596 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4602 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4604 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4605 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4607 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4609 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4611 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4614 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4617 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4618 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4622 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4624 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4625 struct bp_location *loc;
4627 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4628 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4630 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4632 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4633 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4635 if (newaddr == start)
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4641 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4642 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4646 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4655 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4656 because of check_errors). */
4657 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4658 #define WP_DELETED 1
4659 /* The value has changed. */
4660 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4661 /* The value has not changed. */
4662 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4663 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4666 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4667 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4669 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4672 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4673 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4676 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4678 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4679 struct watchpoint *b;
4680 struct frame_info *fr;
4681 int within_current_scope;
4683 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4684 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4685 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4693 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4694 within_current_scope = 1;
4697 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4698 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4699 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4701 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4702 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4703 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4704 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4705 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4706 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4707 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4708 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4709 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4710 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4713 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4714 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4716 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4717 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4718 if (within_current_scope)
4720 struct symbol *function;
4722 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4723 if (function == NULL
4724 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4725 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4726 within_current_scope = 0;
4729 if (within_current_scope)
4730 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4731 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4736 if (within_current_scope)
4738 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4739 time before we return to the command level and call
4740 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4741 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4745 struct value *new_val;
4747 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4748 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4749 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4750 a mask watchpoint. */
4751 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4753 mark = value_mark ();
4754 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4756 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4757 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4758 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4759 not what we want. */
4760 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4761 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4763 if (new_val != NULL)
4765 release_value (new_val);
4766 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4768 bs->old_val = b->val;
4771 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4775 /* Nothing changed. */
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4777 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4782 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4784 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4785 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4786 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4787 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4788 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4789 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4790 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4791 the first value assigned). */
4792 /* We print all the stop information in
4793 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4794 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4795 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4799 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4800 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4801 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4803 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4804 which its expression is valid.\n");
4806 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4807 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4808 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4814 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4815 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4816 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4819 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4820 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4821 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4823 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4825 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4826 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4828 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4831 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4832 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4835 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4837 const struct bp_location *bl;
4838 struct watchpoint *b;
4840 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4841 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4842 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4843 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4844 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4847 int must_check_value = 0;
4849 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4850 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4852 must_check_value = 1;
4853 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4854 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4855 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4857 must_check_value = 1;
4858 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4859 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4860 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4861 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4862 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4863 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4864 must_check_value = 1;
4866 if (must_check_value)
4869 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4871 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4872 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4874 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4878 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4879 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4883 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4886 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4887 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4889 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4891 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4892 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4893 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4894 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4895 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4896 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4897 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4900 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4901 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4904 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4905 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4906 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4907 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4909 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4910 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4911 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4914 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4915 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4916 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4917 changes. This still gives false positives when
4918 the program writes the same value to memory as
4919 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4920 it for a read), but it's much better than
4923 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4925 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4927 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4930 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4931 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4933 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4934 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4936 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4937 == watch_triggered_yes)
4939 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4945 if (other_write_watchpoint
4946 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4948 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4949 and the value changed since the last time we
4950 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4952 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4957 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4958 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4961 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4962 the value hasn't changed. */
4963 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4971 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4972 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4973 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4974 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4975 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4979 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4981 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4982 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4983 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4984 anything for this watchpoint. */
4985 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4992 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4993 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4994 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4997 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4999 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5000 const struct bp_location *bl;
5001 struct breakpoint *b;
5003 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5004 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5005 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5006 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5007 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5009 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5010 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5011 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5013 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5014 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5018 int value_is_zero = 0;
5019 struct expression *cond;
5021 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5022 method implemented. */
5023 if (b->py_bp_object)
5024 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5026 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5028 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5035 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5037 int within_current_scope = 1;
5038 struct watchpoint * w;
5040 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5041 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5042 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5043 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5045 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5047 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5048 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5052 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5053 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5054 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5055 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5056 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5058 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5059 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5062 struct frame_info *frame;
5064 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5065 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5066 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5067 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5068 really matter which instantiation of the function
5069 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5070 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5071 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5072 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5073 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5074 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5075 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5076 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5078 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5080 select_frame (frame);
5082 within_current_scope = 0;
5084 if (within_current_scope)
5086 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5087 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5091 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5092 "in the current scope"));
5093 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5094 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5097 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5098 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5101 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5105 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5109 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5112 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5114 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5122 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5123 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5125 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5126 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5129 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5131 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5133 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5134 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5135 several reasons concurrently.)
5137 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5138 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5141 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5142 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5143 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5145 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5146 struct bp_location *bl;
5147 struct bp_location *loc;
5148 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5149 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5150 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5153 int need_remove_insert;
5156 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5157 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5158 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5159 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5160 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5161 inferior function calls. */
5165 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5168 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5170 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5171 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5172 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5173 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5174 checked all locations already. */
5175 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5178 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
5181 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5184 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5187 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5190 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5191 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5192 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5196 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5197 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5198 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5200 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5204 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5209 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5211 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5213 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5214 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5217 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5221 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5222 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5223 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5225 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5227 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5229 handle_solib_event ();
5234 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5235 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5236 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5240 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5245 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5246 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5249 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5254 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5256 /* We will stop here. */
5257 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5259 --(b->enable_count);
5260 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5261 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5262 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5267 bs->commands = b->commands;
5268 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5269 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5270 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5276 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5278 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5279 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5282 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5283 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5284 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5286 need_remove_insert = 0;
5287 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5288 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5290 && bs->breakpoint_at
5291 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5293 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5295 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5296 need_remove_insert = 1;
5299 if (need_remove_insert)
5300 update_global_location_list (1);
5301 else if (removed_any)
5302 update_global_location_list (0);
5308 handle_jit_event (void)
5310 struct frame_info *frame;
5311 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5313 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5314 breakpoint_re_set. */
5315 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5317 frame = get_current_frame ();
5318 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5320 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5322 target_terminal_inferior ();
5325 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5328 handle_solib_event (void)
5330 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5332 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5333 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5334 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5335 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5337 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5339 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5341 target_terminal_inferior ();
5344 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5346 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5349 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5351 struct bpstat_what retval;
5355 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5356 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5357 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5359 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5361 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5362 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5363 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5366 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5368 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5369 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5373 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5380 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5383 case bp_shlib_event:
5387 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5389 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5392 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5395 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5396 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5397 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5401 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5403 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5407 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5408 This requires no further action. */
5412 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5415 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5417 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5418 case bp_exception_resume:
5419 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5420 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5422 case bp_step_resume:
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5427 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5431 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5433 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5436 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5437 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5440 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5441 case bp_thread_event:
5442 case bp_overlay_event:
5443 case bp_longjmp_master:
5444 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5445 case bp_exception_master:
5446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5458 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5459 This requires no further action. */
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5467 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5468 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5469 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5472 case bp_std_terminate:
5473 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5474 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5475 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5479 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5480 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5481 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5482 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5484 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5485 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5487 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5488 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5489 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5491 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5492 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5493 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5503 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5506 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5509 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5510 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5515 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5517 handle_jit_event ();
5520 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5522 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5528 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5529 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5540 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5541 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5542 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5545 bpstat_should_step (void)
5547 struct breakpoint *b;
5550 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5556 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5558 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5567 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5568 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5569 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5572 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5574 static char wrap_indent[80];
5575 int i, total_width, width, align;
5579 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5581 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5583 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5584 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5585 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5590 total_width += width + 1;
5596 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5597 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5599 "host": Host evals condition.
5600 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5601 "target": Target evals condition.
5605 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5607 struct bp_location *bl;
5608 char host_evals = 0;
5609 char target_evals = 0;
5614 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5617 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5618 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5619 return condition_evaluation_host;
5621 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5623 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5629 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5630 return condition_evaluation_both;
5631 else if (target_evals)
5632 return condition_evaluation_target;
5634 return condition_evaluation_host;
5637 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5638 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5641 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5643 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5648 return condition_evaluation_host;
5650 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5651 return condition_evaluation_target;
5653 return condition_evaluation_host;
5656 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5659 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5660 struct bp_location *loc)
5662 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5663 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5665 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5669 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5671 if (b->display_canonical)
5672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5673 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5676 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5679 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5680 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5681 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5682 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5683 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5684 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5686 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5689 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5691 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5692 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5702 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5703 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5705 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5707 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5709 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5714 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5715 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5716 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5718 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5719 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5720 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5724 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5728 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5730 struct ep_type_description
5735 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5737 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5738 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5739 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5740 {bp_until, "until"},
5741 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5742 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5743 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5744 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5747 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5748 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5749 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5750 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5751 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5752 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5753 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5754 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5755 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5756 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5757 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5758 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5759 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5760 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5761 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5762 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5763 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5764 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5765 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5767 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5768 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5769 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5772 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5773 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5774 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5775 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5778 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5781 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5784 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5785 struct bp_location *loc,
5787 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5790 struct command_line *l;
5791 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5793 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5794 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5795 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5796 struct value_print_options opts;
5798 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5800 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5801 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5802 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5805 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5806 header_of_multiple = 1;
5814 if (part_of_multiple)
5817 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5818 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5823 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5828 if (part_of_multiple)
5829 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5835 if (part_of_multiple)
5836 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5843 if (part_of_multiple)
5844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5846 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5847 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5848 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5852 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5854 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5855 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5856 make sure there's just one location. */
5857 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5858 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5864 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5865 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5875 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5876 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5877 is relatively readable). */
5878 if (opts.addressprint)
5879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5881 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5886 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5890 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5891 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5893 case bp_exception_resume:
5894 case bp_step_resume:
5895 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5896 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5898 case bp_std_terminate:
5899 case bp_shlib_event:
5900 case bp_thread_event:
5901 case bp_overlay_event:
5902 case bp_longjmp_master:
5903 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5904 case bp_exception_master:
5906 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5907 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5910 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5911 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5912 if (opts.addressprint)
5915 if (header_of_multiple)
5916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5917 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5920 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5921 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5924 if (!header_of_multiple)
5925 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5932 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5935 && !header_of_multiple
5937 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5938 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5939 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5940 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5941 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5942 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5944 struct inferior *inf;
5947 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5949 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5954 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5957 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5963 if (!part_of_multiple)
5965 if (b->thread != -1)
5967 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5968 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5969 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5972 else if (b->task != 0)
5974 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5975 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5979 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5981 if (!part_of_multiple)
5982 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5984 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5987 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5988 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5990 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5991 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5998 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6004 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6005 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6006 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6007 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6008 == condition_evaluation_target)
6010 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6012 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6018 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6020 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6026 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
6028 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6029 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6031 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6037 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6038 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6043 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6044 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6045 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6046 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6049 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6053 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6054 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6057 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6058 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6059 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6060 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6064 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6065 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6066 if (b->ignore_count)
6067 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6074 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6076 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6078 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6087 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6090 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6095 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6096 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6098 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6101 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6102 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6103 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6106 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6108 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6110 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6112 annotate_field (10);
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6121 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6123 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6125 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6127 else if (b->addr_string)
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6133 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6134 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6137 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6138 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6140 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6142 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6143 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6145 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6146 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6147 locations, if any. */
6148 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6150 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6151 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6152 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6155 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6156 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6158 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6159 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6161 struct bp_location *loc;
6164 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6166 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6167 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6168 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6169 do_cleanups (inner2);
6176 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6178 int print_address_bits = 0;
6179 struct bp_location *loc;
6181 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6185 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6186 an address to print. */
6187 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6190 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6191 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6192 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6195 return print_address_bits;
6198 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6204 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6206 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6207 struct breakpoint *b;
6208 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6212 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6214 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6222 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6223 char **error_message)
6225 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6228 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6230 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6231 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6237 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6238 internal or momentary. */
6241 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6243 return b->number > 0;
6246 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6247 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6248 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6249 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6250 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6251 breakpoints listed. */
6254 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6255 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6257 struct breakpoint *b;
6258 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6259 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6260 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6261 struct value_print_options opts;
6262 int print_address_bits = 0;
6263 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6266 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6268 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6269 required for address fields. */
6270 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6273 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6274 if (filter && !filter (b))
6277 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6278 accept. Skip the others. */
6279 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6281 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6283 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6287 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6289 int addr_bit, type_len;
6291 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6292 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6293 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6295 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6296 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6297 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6299 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6303 if (opts.addressprint)
6305 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6306 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6310 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6311 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6314 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6315 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6316 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6318 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6319 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6321 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6322 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6323 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6325 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6326 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6328 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6329 if (opts.addressprint)
6331 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6333 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6334 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6335 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6337 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6338 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6340 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6342 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6343 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6344 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6345 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6350 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6351 if (filter && !filter (b))
6354 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6355 accept. Skip the others. */
6357 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6359 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6361 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6364 else /* all others */
6366 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6370 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6372 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6373 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6376 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6378 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6380 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6384 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6385 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6387 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6388 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6394 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6395 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6398 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6399 there have been breakpoints? */
6400 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6402 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6405 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6406 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6409 default_collect_info (void)
6411 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6413 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6414 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6416 if (!*default_collect)
6419 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6427 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6429 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6431 default_collect_info ();
6435 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6437 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6438 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6440 if (num_printed == 0)
6442 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6443 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6445 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6450 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6452 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6454 default_collect_info ();
6458 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6459 struct program_space *pspace,
6460 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6462 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6464 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6466 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6467 && bl->address == pc
6468 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6474 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6475 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6479 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6480 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6481 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6484 struct breakpoint *b;
6487 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6488 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6492 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6493 else /* if (others == ???) */
6494 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6496 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6499 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6500 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6501 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6502 else if (b->thread != -1)
6503 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6504 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6505 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6506 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6508 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6512 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6514 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6515 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6516 printf_filtered (".\n");
6521 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6522 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6523 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6524 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6526 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6527 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6528 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6529 breakpoint at address zero:
6537 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6539 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6541 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6544 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6545 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6548 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6549 struct bp_location *loc2)
6551 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6552 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6554 /* Both of them must exist. */
6555 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6556 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6558 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6559 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6560 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6561 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6562 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6563 other watchpoint. */
6565 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6567 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6570 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6572 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6576 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6577 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6578 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6579 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6580 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6581 become hw_access locations later. */
6582 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6583 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6584 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6585 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6588 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6589 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6590 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6591 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6594 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6595 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6597 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6598 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6602 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6603 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6604 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6605 space doesn't really matter. */
6608 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6609 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6612 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6613 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6614 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6617 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6618 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6619 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6620 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6623 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6624 struct address_space *aspace,
6627 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6630 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6631 bl->address, bl->length,
6635 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6636 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6637 true, otherwise returns false. */
6640 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6641 struct bp_location *loc2)
6643 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6644 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6645 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6646 different locations. */
6647 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6652 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6653 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6654 represent the same location. */
6657 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6658 struct bp_location *loc2)
6660 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6662 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6663 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6664 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6666 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6667 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6669 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6672 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6673 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6674 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6676 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6677 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6678 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6679 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6683 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6684 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6686 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6687 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6691 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6692 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6694 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6695 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6697 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6700 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6701 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6702 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6703 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6706 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6707 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6709 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6711 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6714 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6715 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6716 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6717 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6718 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6720 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6721 have their addresses modified. */
6726 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6728 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6729 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6730 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6732 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6733 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6735 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6736 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6738 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6743 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6744 struct breakpoint *owner)
6746 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6748 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6753 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6754 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6757 switch (owner->type)
6763 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6764 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6766 case bp_exception_resume:
6767 case bp_step_resume:
6768 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6769 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6771 case bp_std_terminate:
6772 case bp_shlib_event:
6773 case bp_thread_event:
6774 case bp_overlay_event:
6776 case bp_longjmp_master:
6777 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6778 case bp_exception_master:
6779 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6780 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6782 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6783 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6785 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6786 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6787 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6792 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6797 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6798 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6799 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6802 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6808 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6810 static struct bp_location *
6811 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6813 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6817 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6819 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6823 /* Increment reference count. */
6826 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6831 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6832 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6835 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6837 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6839 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6840 free_bp_location (*blp);
6844 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6847 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6849 struct breakpoint *b1;
6851 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6852 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6854 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6856 breakpoint_chain = b;
6865 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6868 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6869 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6871 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6873 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6875 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6879 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6880 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6881 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6883 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6886 b->ignore_count = 0;
6888 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6889 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6890 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6891 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6894 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6895 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6897 static struct breakpoint *
6898 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6900 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6902 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6904 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6905 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6909 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6910 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6914 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6916 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6918 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6919 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6920 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6923 const char *function_name;
6924 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6926 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6927 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6929 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6931 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6933 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6934 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6935 &loc->requested_address))
6937 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6938 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6939 loc->requested_address,
6942 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6943 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6945 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6946 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6947 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6948 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6950 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6955 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6959 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6961 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6964 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6966 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6971 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6972 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6973 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6975 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6976 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6977 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6980 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6981 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6982 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6984 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6986 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6988 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6989 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6991 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6992 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6994 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6995 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6997 breakpoints_changed ();
7000 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7001 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7002 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7003 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7004 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7005 is also returned as the value of this function.
7007 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7008 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7009 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7010 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7011 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7012 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7013 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7016 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7017 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7018 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7020 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7022 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7023 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7028 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7029 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7031 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7033 struct bp_location *bl;
7035 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7037 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7038 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7039 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7040 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7041 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7042 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7046 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7047 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7048 initiated the operation. */
7051 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7053 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7054 int thread = tp->num;
7056 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7057 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7058 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7059 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7060 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7061 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7062 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7063 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7065 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7066 struct breakpoint *clone;
7068 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7069 after their removal. */
7070 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7071 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7072 clone->thread = thread;
7075 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7078 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7080 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7085 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7087 if (b->thread == thread)
7088 delete_breakpoint (b);
7093 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7095 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7097 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7098 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7100 if (b->thread == thread)
7101 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7105 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7106 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7107 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7111 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7113 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7116 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7118 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7120 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7121 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7122 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7124 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7126 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7129 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7130 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7131 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7132 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7138 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7139 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7142 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7143 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7147 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7149 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7152 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7154 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7156 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7157 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7158 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7159 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7162 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7164 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7166 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7167 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7168 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7170 delete_breakpoint (b);
7175 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7177 struct breakpoint *b;
7180 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7182 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7183 update_global_location_list (1);
7184 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7189 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7191 struct breakpoint *b;
7194 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7196 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7197 update_global_location_list (0);
7198 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7202 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7203 master breakpoint. */
7205 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7207 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7209 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7210 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7211 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7213 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7214 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7218 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7220 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7222 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7225 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7226 delete_breakpoint (b);
7230 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7232 struct breakpoint *b;
7234 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7235 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7237 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7238 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7240 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7242 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7248 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7250 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7252 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7253 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7254 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7255 delete_breakpoint (b);
7258 struct lang_and_radix
7264 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7267 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7269 struct breakpoint *b;
7271 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7272 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7273 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7277 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7280 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7282 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7285 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7286 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7287 delete_breakpoint (b);
7291 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7297 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b);
7302 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7304 struct breakpoint *b;
7306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7312 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7313 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7316 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7318 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7322 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7323 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7325 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7326 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7327 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7328 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7329 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7330 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7331 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7332 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7333 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7334 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7335 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7337 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7339 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7343 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7348 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7349 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7353 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7355 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7356 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7358 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7359 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7360 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7361 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7362 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7363 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7368 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7369 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7371 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7372 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7373 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7374 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7375 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7376 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7377 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7378 || is_tracepoint (b))
7379 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7381 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7382 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7383 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7384 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7387 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7388 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7390 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7393 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7394 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7397 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7402 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7404 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7405 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7406 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7407 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7408 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7410 struct fork_catchpoint
7412 /* The base class. */
7413 struct breakpoint base;
7415 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7416 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7417 catchpoint has triggered. */
7418 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7421 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7425 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7427 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7430 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7434 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7436 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7439 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7443 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7444 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7445 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7447 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7449 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7452 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7456 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7459 static enum print_stop_action
7460 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7462 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7463 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7464 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7466 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7467 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7468 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7471 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7474 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7477 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7478 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7480 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7481 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7484 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7488 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7490 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7491 struct value_print_options opts;
7492 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7494 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7496 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7497 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7499 if (opts.addressprint)
7500 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7502 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7503 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7505 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7506 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7507 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7508 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7512 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7516 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7518 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7521 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7525 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7527 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7528 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7531 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7533 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7535 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7539 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7541 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7544 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7548 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7550 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7553 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7557 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7558 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7559 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7561 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7563 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7566 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7570 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7573 static enum print_stop_action
7574 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7576 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7577 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7578 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7580 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7581 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7582 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7584 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7587 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7588 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7591 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7592 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7593 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7594 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7595 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7598 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7602 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7604 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7605 struct value_print_options opts;
7606 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7608 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7609 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7610 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7612 if (opts.addressprint)
7613 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7615 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7616 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7618 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7620 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7621 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7625 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7629 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7631 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7634 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7638 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7641 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7644 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7646 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7648 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7649 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7650 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7651 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7652 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7654 struct solib_catchpoint
7656 /* The base class. */
7657 struct breakpoint base;
7659 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7660 unsigned char is_load;
7662 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7663 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7669 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7671 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7674 regfree (&self->compiled);
7675 xfree (self->regex);
7677 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7681 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7687 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7693 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7694 struct address_space *aspace,
7696 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7698 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7699 struct breakpoint *other;
7701 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7706 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7708 if (other == bl->owner)
7711 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7714 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7717 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7719 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7728 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7730 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7731 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7736 struct so_list *iter;
7739 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7744 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7753 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7758 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7764 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7767 static enum print_stop_action
7768 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7770 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7771 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7773 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7774 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7778 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7779 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7781 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7782 print_solib_event (1);
7783 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7787 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7789 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7790 struct value_print_options opts;
7791 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7794 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7795 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7796 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7798 if (opts.addressprint)
7801 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7808 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7810 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7815 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7817 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7819 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7824 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7826 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7828 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7829 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7833 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7835 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7837 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7838 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7839 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7841 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7845 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7847 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7851 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7852 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7854 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7855 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7857 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7859 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7863 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7865 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7866 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7872 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7875 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7877 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7878 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7880 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7883 c->is_load = is_load;
7884 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7885 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7887 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7888 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7892 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7893 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7895 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7899 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7900 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7902 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7907 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7908 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7909 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7910 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7911 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7913 struct syscall_catchpoint
7915 /* The base class. */
7916 struct breakpoint base;
7918 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7919 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7920 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7921 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7922 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7925 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7929 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7931 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7933 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7935 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7938 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7940 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7942 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7943 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7944 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7946 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7947 int any_syscall_count;
7949 /* Count of each system call. */
7950 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7952 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7953 if any catching is necessary. */
7954 int total_syscalls_count;
7957 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7958 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7960 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7962 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7963 if (inf_data == NULL)
7965 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7966 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7973 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7979 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7983 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7985 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7986 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7987 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7988 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7990 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7991 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7992 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7998 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8003 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8005 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8006 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8007 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8009 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8010 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8011 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8013 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8014 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8016 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8017 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8021 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8022 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8023 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8025 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8027 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8030 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8034 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8036 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8037 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8038 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8039 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8041 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8042 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8043 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8049 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8053 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8054 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8056 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8057 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8061 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8062 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8063 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8065 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8067 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8070 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8074 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8075 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8076 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8078 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8079 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8080 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8081 int syscall_number = 0;
8082 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8083 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8085 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8086 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8089 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8091 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8092 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8099 if (syscall_number == iter)
8109 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8112 static enum print_stop_action
8113 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8115 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8116 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8117 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8118 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8119 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8120 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8122 struct target_waitstatus last;
8125 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8127 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8129 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8131 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8135 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8138 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8139 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8140 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8143 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8145 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8150 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8151 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8153 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8155 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8157 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8160 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8164 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8165 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8167 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8168 struct value_print_options opts;
8169 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8171 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8172 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8173 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8175 if (opts.addressprint)
8176 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8179 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8180 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8185 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8188 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8191 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8196 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8199 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8201 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8203 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8204 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8208 /* Remove the last comma. */
8209 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8210 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8213 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8214 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8217 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8221 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8223 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8225 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8229 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8230 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8232 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8235 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8239 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8242 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8244 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8246 printf_filtered (")");
8249 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8253 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8257 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8259 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8263 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8268 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8273 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8275 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8280 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8283 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8285 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8287 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8290 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8292 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8295 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8296 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8297 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8298 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8301 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8302 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8304 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8306 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8309 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8311 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8313 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8314 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8318 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8320 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8321 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8324 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8327 update_global_location_list (1);
8331 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8332 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8333 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8335 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8337 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8339 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8341 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8344 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8346 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8347 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8348 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8349 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8350 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8352 struct exec_catchpoint
8354 /* The base class. */
8355 struct breakpoint base;
8357 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8358 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8360 char *exec_pathname;
8363 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8367 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8369 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8371 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8373 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8377 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8379 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8383 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8385 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8389 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8390 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8391 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8393 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8395 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8398 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8402 static enum print_stop_action
8403 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8405 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8406 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8407 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8409 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8410 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8416 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8417 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8418 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8420 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8421 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8423 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8425 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8429 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8431 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8432 struct value_print_options opts;
8433 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8435 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8437 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8438 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8439 is relatively readable). */
8440 if (opts.addressprint)
8441 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8443 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8444 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8446 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8447 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8448 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8453 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8455 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8458 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8462 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8465 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8468 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8471 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8472 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8474 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8475 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8477 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8478 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8479 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8481 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8485 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8488 struct breakpoint *b;
8489 struct bp_location *bl;
8493 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8494 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8496 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8498 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8505 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8509 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8512 struct bp_location *bl;
8514 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8517 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8519 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8521 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8527 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8528 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8529 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8530 types _not_ TYPE. */
8533 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8534 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8537 struct breakpoint *b;
8539 *other_type_used = 0;
8544 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8547 if (b->type == type)
8548 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8549 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8550 *other_type_used = 1;
8557 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8559 struct breakpoint *b;
8563 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8565 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8566 update_global_location_list (0);
8572 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8574 struct breakpoint *b;
8578 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8580 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8581 update_global_location_list (1);
8587 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8589 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8590 update_global_location_list (0);
8594 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8596 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8597 breakpoint_re_set ();
8601 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8602 at address specified by SAL.
8603 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8606 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8607 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8609 struct breakpoint *b;
8611 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8613 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8615 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8616 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8617 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8618 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8620 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8621 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8623 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8624 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8626 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8631 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8632 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8635 static struct breakpoint *
8636 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8638 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8640 struct breakpoint *copy;
8642 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8643 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8644 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8646 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8647 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8648 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8649 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8650 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8651 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8653 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8654 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8656 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8657 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8658 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8659 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8661 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8662 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8663 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8665 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8669 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8673 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8675 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8679 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8683 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8686 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8688 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8690 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8691 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8693 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8697 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8700 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8702 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8703 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8705 printf_filtered ("\n");
8709 static struct bp_location *
8710 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8711 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8713 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8714 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8715 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8717 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8718 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8720 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8721 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8722 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8723 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8724 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8725 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8726 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8729 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8730 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8734 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8735 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8736 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8737 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8738 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8739 loc->section = sal->section;
8740 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8742 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8743 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8744 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8746 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8747 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8752 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8753 return 0 otherwise. */
8756 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8760 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8761 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8762 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8765 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8767 addr = loc->address;
8768 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8770 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8774 target_mem = alloca (len);
8776 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8777 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8778 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8779 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8781 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8782 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8784 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8785 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8788 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8793 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8794 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8797 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8799 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8800 char *printf_line = NULL;
8805 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8807 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8809 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8811 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8813 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8814 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8816 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8817 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8818 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8820 if (!dprintf_function)
8821 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8823 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8824 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8829 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8833 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8835 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8836 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8839 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8840 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8844 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8845 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8847 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8850 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8852 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8854 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8855 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8856 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8857 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8858 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8859 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8862 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8863 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8864 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8865 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8866 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8867 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8869 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8873 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8874 current style settings. */
8877 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8878 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8880 struct breakpoint *b;
8884 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8885 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8889 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8890 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8891 as condition expression. */
8894 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8895 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8896 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8898 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8899 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8900 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8901 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8902 int display_canonical)
8906 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8908 int target_resources_ok;
8910 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8911 target_resources_ok =
8912 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8914 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8915 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8916 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8917 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8920 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8922 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8924 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8925 struct bp_location *loc;
8929 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8931 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8933 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8934 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8939 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8943 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8944 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8945 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8946 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8947 b->disposition = disposition;
8949 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8950 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8952 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8954 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8955 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8957 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8959 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8960 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8961 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8965 p = skip_spaces (p);
8967 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8969 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8970 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8972 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8974 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8976 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8978 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8979 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8981 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8983 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8986 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8987 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8994 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8995 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8999 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9000 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9004 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9005 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9006 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9008 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9011 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9012 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9013 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9015 if (b->extra_string)
9016 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9018 error (_("Format string required"));
9020 else if (b->extra_string)
9021 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9024 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9026 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9028 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9031 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9036 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9037 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9038 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9040 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9041 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9042 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9043 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9044 int display_canonical)
9046 struct breakpoint *b;
9047 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9049 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9051 struct tracepoint *t;
9053 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9057 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9059 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9061 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9063 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9065 thread, task, ignore_count,
9067 enabled, internal, flags,
9069 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9071 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9074 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9075 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9076 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9077 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9078 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9079 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9080 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9081 we take just a single condition string.
9083 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9084 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9085 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9086 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9087 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9090 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9091 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9092 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9093 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9094 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9095 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9096 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9099 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9101 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9102 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9104 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9106 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9107 'break', without arguments. */
9108 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9109 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9111 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9112 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9114 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9115 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9118 cond_string, extra_string,
9120 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9121 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9122 canonical->special_display);
9123 discard_cleanups (inner);
9127 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9128 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9129 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9130 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9132 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9133 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9136 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9137 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9139 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9141 if ((*address) == NULL
9142 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9144 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9146 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9148 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9149 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9152 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9153 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9154 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9156 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9157 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9158 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9159 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9160 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9161 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9163 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9165 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9166 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9167 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9168 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9169 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9171 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9173 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9174 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9175 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9177 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9180 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9184 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9186 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9187 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9188 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9189 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9191 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9192 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9193 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9195 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9196 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9197 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9198 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9199 get_last_displayed_line (),
9200 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9202 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9203 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9208 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9209 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9212 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9216 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9217 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9220 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9221 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9222 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9223 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9224 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9228 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9229 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9232 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9234 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9236 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9238 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9240 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9242 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9243 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9244 associated with SAL. */
9247 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9249 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9252 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9253 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9255 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9259 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9261 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9262 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9264 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9267 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9268 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9269 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9270 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9271 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9272 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9275 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9276 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9279 *cond_string = NULL;
9288 char *cond_start = NULL;
9289 char *cond_end = NULL;
9291 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9293 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9295 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9299 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9301 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9303 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9305 struct expression *expr;
9307 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9308 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9311 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9313 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9319 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9321 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9322 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9323 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9325 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9331 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9333 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9334 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9335 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9339 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9343 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9347 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9349 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9350 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9352 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9353 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9354 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9355 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9360 p = skip_spaces (p);
9362 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9364 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9365 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9367 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9368 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9369 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9371 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9372 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9374 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9376 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9378 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9380 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9382 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9383 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9385 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9388 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9394 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9395 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9396 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9397 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9398 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9399 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9400 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9401 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9402 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9406 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9407 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9408 int thread, char *extra_string,
9409 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9410 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9412 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9413 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9414 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9417 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9418 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9419 char *addr_start = arg;
9420 struct linespec_result canonical;
9421 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9422 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9425 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9427 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9429 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9431 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9433 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9434 addr_start, ©_arg);
9437 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9441 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9447 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9449 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9452 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9453 throw_exception (e);
9455 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9457 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9458 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9459 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9460 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9461 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9464 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9465 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9466 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9467 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9469 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9471 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9472 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9473 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9474 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9475 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9477 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9481 throw_exception (e);
9485 throw_exception (e);
9488 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9489 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9491 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9492 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9493 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9494 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9495 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9497 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9498 are ok for the target. */
9502 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9504 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9505 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9508 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9509 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9512 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9514 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9515 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9518 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9519 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9523 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9525 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9527 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9530 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9531 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9532 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9533 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9535 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9536 &thread, &task, &rest);
9538 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9540 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9542 extra_string = rest;
9546 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9549 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9550 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9552 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9555 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9556 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9560 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9561 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9562 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9563 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9564 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9568 struct breakpoint *b;
9570 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9572 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9574 struct tracepoint *t;
9576 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9580 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9582 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9584 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9585 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9586 b->cond_string = NULL;
9589 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9592 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9593 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9595 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9597 b->extra_string = NULL;
9598 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9599 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9600 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9601 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9602 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9603 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9604 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9606 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9609 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9611 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9612 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9613 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9616 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9618 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9619 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9620 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9622 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9623 update_global_location_list (1);
9628 /* Set a breakpoint.
9629 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9630 condition, and thread.
9631 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9632 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9636 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9638 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9639 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9640 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9642 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9643 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9645 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9646 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9647 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9649 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9651 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9653 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9654 tempflag, type_wanted,
9655 0 /* Ignore count */,
9656 pending_break_support,
9664 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9667 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9671 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9673 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9674 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9675 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9678 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9679 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9680 if (sal->explicit_line)
9681 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9684 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9686 struct blockvector *bv;
9690 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9693 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9696 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9697 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9701 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9702 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9703 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9704 happen in assembly source). */
9706 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9707 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9709 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9711 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9713 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9715 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9722 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9724 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9728 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9730 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9734 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9736 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9740 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9742 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9746 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9748 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9749 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9750 stop at <line>\n"));
9754 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9758 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9760 else if (*arg != '*')
9765 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9766 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9767 function/method name. */
9768 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9770 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9775 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9777 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9781 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9783 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9787 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9791 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9798 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9799 it is probably a line number. */
9800 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9802 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9807 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9809 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9813 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9815 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9818 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9820 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9821 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9822 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9826 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9828 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9830 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9832 0 /* Ignore count */,
9833 pending_break_support,
9834 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9842 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9844 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9847 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9848 ranged breakpoints. */
9851 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9852 struct address_space *aspace,
9854 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9856 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9857 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9860 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9861 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9865 ranged breakpoints. */
9868 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9870 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9873 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9874 ranged breakpoints. */
9876 static enum print_stop_action
9877 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9879 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9880 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9881 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9883 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9885 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9886 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9888 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9889 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9890 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9899 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9900 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9902 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9905 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9906 ranged breakpoints. */
9909 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9910 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9912 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9913 struct value_print_options opts;
9914 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9916 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9917 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9919 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9921 if (opts.addressprint)
9922 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9923 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9924 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9926 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9930 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9931 ranged breakpoints. */
9934 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9935 struct ui_out *uiout)
9937 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9938 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9939 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9940 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9944 address_start = bl->address;
9945 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9948 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9949 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9950 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9951 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9952 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9954 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9957 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9958 ranged breakpoints. */
9961 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9963 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9964 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9967 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9972 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9973 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9974 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9977 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9978 ranged breakpoints. */
9981 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9984 b->addr_string_range_end);
9985 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9988 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9990 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9992 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9993 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9994 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9995 last instruction of the given line. */
9998 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10002 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10003 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10004 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10011 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10013 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10015 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10022 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10025 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10027 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10028 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10029 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10031 struct breakpoint *b;
10032 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10033 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10034 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10036 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10037 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10038 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10040 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10041 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10042 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10044 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10045 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10047 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10048 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10049 error(_("No address range specified."));
10051 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10054 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10056 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10059 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10060 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10061 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10063 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10065 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10066 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10067 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10069 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10070 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10071 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10073 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10074 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10076 /* Parse the end location. */
10078 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10081 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10082 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10083 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10084 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10085 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10086 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10087 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10088 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10090 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10092 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10093 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10095 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10096 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10097 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10098 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10100 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10101 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10102 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10104 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10105 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10106 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10108 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10110 /* Length overflowed. */
10111 error (_("Address range too large."));
10112 else if (length == 1)
10114 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10115 the `hbreak' command. */
10116 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10118 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10123 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10124 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10125 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10126 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10127 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10128 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10129 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10130 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10131 b->loc->length = length;
10133 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10136 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10137 update_global_location_list (1);
10140 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10141 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10142 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10146 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10148 int i = exp->nelts;
10154 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10155 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10158 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10168 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10169 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10170 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10171 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10172 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10174 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10202 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10205 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10206 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10211 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10212 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10213 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10214 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10215 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10216 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10217 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10219 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10220 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10225 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10227 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10228 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10229 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10230 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10232 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10233 are always constant. */
10235 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10237 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10238 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10239 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10244 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10245 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10246 then it is not a constant. */
10255 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10258 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10260 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10262 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10264 xfree (w->exp_string);
10265 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10266 value_free (w->val);
10268 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10271 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10274 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10276 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10278 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10279 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10281 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10282 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10283 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10284 are loaded and unloaded.
10286 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10287 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10288 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10289 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10290 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10291 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10293 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10294 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10295 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10296 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10298 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10299 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10301 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10302 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10303 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10306 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10309 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10311 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10312 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10314 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10318 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10321 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10324 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10326 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10331 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10332 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10335 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10336 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10338 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10339 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10340 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10341 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10342 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10343 (did not match the data address). */
10344 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10345 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10352 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10354 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10356 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10359 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10360 hardware watchpoints. */
10363 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10365 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10366 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10368 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10371 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10372 hardware watchpoints. */
10375 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10377 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10378 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10381 static enum print_stop_action
10382 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10384 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10385 struct breakpoint *b;
10386 const struct bp_location *bl;
10387 struct ui_file *stb;
10388 enum print_stop_action result;
10389 struct watchpoint *w;
10390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10392 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10394 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10395 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10396 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10398 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10399 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10403 case bp_watchpoint:
10404 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10405 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10406 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10407 ui_out_field_string
10409 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10411 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10413 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10414 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10416 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10417 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10419 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10420 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10423 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10424 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10425 ui_out_field_string
10427 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10429 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10431 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10432 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10433 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10437 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10438 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10440 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10441 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10442 ui_out_field_string
10444 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10446 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10448 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10449 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10450 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10456 ui_out_field_string
10458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10460 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10462 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10465 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10468 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10471 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10475 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10479 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10481 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10482 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10487 case bp_watchpoint:
10488 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10489 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10491 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10492 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10493 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10495 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10496 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10497 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10499 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10500 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10501 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10504 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10505 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10508 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10509 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10510 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10511 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10514 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10518 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10520 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10524 case bp_watchpoint:
10525 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10526 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10528 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10529 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10531 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10532 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10535 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10536 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10540 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10543 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10545 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10547 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10548 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10551 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10553 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10555 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10556 bl->watchpoint_type);
10559 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10560 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10563 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10565 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10567 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10568 bl->watchpoint_type);
10571 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10572 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10575 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10577 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10579 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10582 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10583 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10586 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10591 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10592 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10594 static enum print_stop_action
10595 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10597 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10600 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10601 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10605 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10606 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10607 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10608 ui_out_field_string
10610 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10613 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10614 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10615 ui_out_field_string
10617 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10620 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10622 ui_out_field_string
10624 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10627 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10628 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10632 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10633 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10634 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10635 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10637 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10638 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10641 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10642 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10645 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10646 struct ui_out *uiout)
10648 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10650 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10651 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10654 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10658 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10659 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10662 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10666 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10670 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10671 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10672 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10674 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10676 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10678 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10683 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10684 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10687 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10688 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10690 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10693 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10697 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10699 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10707 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10710 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10714 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10715 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10718 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10720 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10723 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10725 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10727 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10730 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10732 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10735 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10736 hw_read: watch read,
10737 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10739 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10740 int just_location, int internal)
10742 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10743 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10744 struct expression *exp;
10745 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10746 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10747 struct frame_info *frame;
10748 char *exp_start = NULL;
10749 char *exp_end = NULL;
10750 char *tok, *end_tok;
10752 char *cond_start = NULL;
10753 char *cond_end = NULL;
10754 enum bptype bp_type;
10757 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10758 the hardware watchpoint. */
10760 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10761 struct watchpoint *w;
10763 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10764 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10768 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10769 of the arguments string. */
10770 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10772 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10773 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10776 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10777 This is the value of the parameter. */
10778 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10780 value_start = tok + 1;
10782 /* Skip whitespace. */
10783 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10788 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10789 This is the parameter itself. */
10790 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10793 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10795 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10797 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10798 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10799 only in a specific thread. */
10803 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10805 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10806 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10808 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10810 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10811 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10813 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10814 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10815 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10817 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10819 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10820 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10822 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10825 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10827 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10829 mark = value_mark ();
10830 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10831 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10832 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10835 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10838 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10839 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10844 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10845 innermost_block = NULL;
10847 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10849 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10850 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10852 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10855 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10856 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10860 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10861 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10863 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10866 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10867 mark = value_mark ();
10868 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10874 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10875 val = value_addr (result);
10876 release_value (val);
10877 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10881 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10884 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10885 else if (ret == -2)
10886 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10889 else if (val != NULL)
10890 release_value (val);
10892 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10893 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10895 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10896 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10898 struct expression *cond;
10900 innermost_block = NULL;
10901 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10902 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10904 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10905 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10906 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10912 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10914 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10915 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10916 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10917 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10919 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10921 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10923 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10924 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10925 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10926 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10927 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10929 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10932 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10933 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10934 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10935 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10937 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10939 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10940 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10942 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10943 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10945 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10946 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10947 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10948 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10949 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10950 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10951 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10952 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10953 scope_breakpoint->type);
10957 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10959 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10962 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10963 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10965 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10966 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10967 b->thread = thread;
10968 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10969 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10971 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10972 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10975 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10976 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10979 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10980 name = type_to_string (t);
10982 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10983 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10986 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10987 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10989 /* The above expression is in C. */
10990 b->language = language_c;
10993 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10997 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11006 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11008 b->cond_string = 0;
11012 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11013 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11017 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11018 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11021 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11023 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11024 need to act on them together. */
11025 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11026 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11029 if (!just_location)
11030 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11032 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11034 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11035 that should be inserted. */
11036 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11040 delete_breakpoint (b);
11041 throw_exception (e);
11044 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11047 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11048 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11051 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11053 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11054 struct value *head = v;
11056 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11057 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11060 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11061 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11062 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11063 hardware watchpoint.
11065 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11066 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11067 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11068 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11069 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11070 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11071 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11072 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11073 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11075 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11076 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11077 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11078 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11079 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11081 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11083 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11084 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11085 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11086 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11087 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11088 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11092 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11093 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11094 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11096 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11097 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11098 middle of some value chain. */
11100 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11101 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11103 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11107 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11108 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11109 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11111 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11115 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11119 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11120 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11121 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11122 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11123 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11126 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11127 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11128 return found_memory_cnt;
11132 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11134 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11137 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11138 calls watch_command_1. */
11141 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11143 int just_location = 0;
11146 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11147 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11149 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11153 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11157 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11159 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11163 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11165 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11169 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11171 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11175 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11177 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11181 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11183 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11187 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11188 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11190 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11192 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11193 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11197 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11198 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11199 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11202 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11204 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11206 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11207 if (a->breakpoint2)
11208 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11209 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11213 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11215 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11216 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11217 struct frame_info *frame;
11218 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11219 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11220 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11221 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11222 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11223 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11225 struct thread_info *tp;
11227 clear_proceed_status ();
11229 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11232 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11233 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11234 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11235 get_last_displayed_line ());
11237 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11238 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11240 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11241 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11243 sal = sals.sals[0];
11244 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11247 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11249 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11251 tp = inferior_thread ();
11254 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11256 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11257 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11258 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11261 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11262 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11263 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11264 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11266 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11269 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11271 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11273 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11274 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11275 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11279 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11281 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11282 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11285 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11289 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11290 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11291 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11292 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11294 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11295 only at the very same frame. */
11296 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11297 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11298 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11300 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11302 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11303 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11304 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11305 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11307 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11309 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11310 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11312 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11313 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11314 args->thread_num = thread;
11316 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11317 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11318 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11325 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11326 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11328 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11329 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11330 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11331 if clause in the arg string. */
11334 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11338 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11341 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11344 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11345 condition string. */
11346 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11347 cond_string = *arg;
11349 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11351 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11353 return cond_string;
11356 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11357 process start/exit, etc. */
11361 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11362 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11367 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11368 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11370 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11371 char *cond_string = NULL;
11372 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11375 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11376 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11377 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11381 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11383 /* The allowed syntax is:
11385 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11387 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11388 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11390 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11391 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11393 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11394 and enable reporting of such events. */
11397 case catch_fork_temporary:
11398 case catch_fork_permanent:
11399 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11400 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11402 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11403 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11404 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11405 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11408 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11414 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11415 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11417 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11418 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11420 char *cond_string = NULL;
11422 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11426 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11428 /* The allowed syntax is:
11430 catch exec if <cond>
11432 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11433 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11435 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11436 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11438 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11439 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11440 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11441 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11443 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11446 static enum print_stop_action
11447 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11449 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11450 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11451 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11453 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11455 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11456 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11457 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11460 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11461 ui_out_text (uiout,
11462 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11464 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11465 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11466 ui_out_text (uiout,
11467 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11468 : " (exception caught), ");
11469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11474 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11476 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11480 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11481 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11483 struct value_print_options opts;
11484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11486 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11487 if (opts.addressprint)
11489 annotate_field (4);
11490 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11491 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11493 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11494 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11496 annotate_field (5);
11498 *last_loc = b->loc;
11499 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11502 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11506 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11508 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11512 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11513 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11514 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11515 : _("Catchpoint "));
11516 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11517 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11521 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11522 catch catchpoints. */
11525 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11526 struct ui_file *fp)
11531 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11532 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11534 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11535 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11538 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11541 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11542 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11544 char *trigger_func_name;
11546 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11547 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11549 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11551 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11552 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11553 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11554 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11556 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11557 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11565 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11568 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11569 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11571 char *cond_string = NULL;
11575 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11577 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11579 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11580 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11582 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11583 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11584 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11586 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11589 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11592 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11595 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11597 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11599 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11602 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11605 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11607 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11609 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11613 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11614 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11615 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11617 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11623 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11625 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11627 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11628 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11629 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11630 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11631 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11632 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11633 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11634 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11635 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11636 enough for now, though. */
11639 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11641 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11642 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11643 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11644 b->language = language_ada;
11647 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11648 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11650 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11652 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11653 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11655 while (*arg != '\0')
11657 int i, syscall_number;
11659 char cur_name[128];
11662 /* Skip whitespace. */
11663 while (isspace (*arg))
11666 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11667 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11668 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11671 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11672 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11673 if (*endptr == '\0')
11674 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11677 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11679 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11681 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11682 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11683 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11684 syscall number to be caught. */
11685 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11688 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11689 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11692 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11696 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11699 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11700 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11705 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11707 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11708 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11709 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11710 this architecture yet."));
11712 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11714 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11716 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11717 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11718 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11719 for his/her architecture. */
11720 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11722 /* The allowed syntax is:
11724 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11726 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11729 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11733 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11734 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11738 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11740 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11745 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11747 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11750 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11753 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11755 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11756 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11757 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11758 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11760 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11762 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11765 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11769 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11772 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11775 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11777 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11778 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11781 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11784 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11788 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11789 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11790 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11795 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11796 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11797 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11798 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11800 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11801 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11802 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11803 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11804 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11805 error (_("No source file specified."));
11807 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11813 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11814 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11815 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11816 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11818 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11819 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11820 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11821 due to optimization, all in one block.
11823 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11824 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11825 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11826 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11827 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11828 to support that. */
11830 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11831 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11832 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11836 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11837 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11839 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11841 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11842 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11843 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11846 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11851 1 0 <can't happen> */
11853 sal = sals.sals[i];
11854 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11855 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11857 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11861 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11862 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11864 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11865 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11867 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11868 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11869 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11871 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11872 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11873 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11874 || loc->section == sal.section));
11875 int line_match = 0;
11877 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11878 && loc->source_file != NULL
11879 && sal.symtab != NULL
11880 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11881 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11883 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11884 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11886 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11887 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11888 sal.symtab->filename,
11893 if (pc_match || line_match)
11902 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11906 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11907 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11910 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11912 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11915 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11916 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11917 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11918 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11919 compare_breakpoints);
11920 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11921 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11925 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11930 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11931 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11934 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11935 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11937 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11939 breakpoints_changed ();
11941 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11944 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11945 delete_breakpoint (b);
11948 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11950 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11953 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11954 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11955 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11958 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11960 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11962 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11963 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11964 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11966 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11970 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11971 delete_breakpoint (b);
11975 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11976 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11977 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11978 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11979 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11980 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11983 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11985 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11986 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11987 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11988 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11989 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11991 if (a->address != b->address)
11992 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11994 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11995 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11998 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11999 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12000 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12002 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12003 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12004 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12006 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12007 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12008 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12010 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12011 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12012 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12014 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12017 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12018 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12019 content of the bp_location array. */
12022 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12024 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12026 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12027 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12029 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12031 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12033 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12036 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12037 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12039 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12040 addr = bl->address - start;
12041 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12042 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12044 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12046 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12047 addr = end - bl->address;
12048 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12049 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12053 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12056 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12058 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12059 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12061 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12064 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12068 struct tracepoint *t;
12070 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12073 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12074 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12075 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12078 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12079 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12080 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12081 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12086 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12089 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12090 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12093 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12096 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12099 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12101 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12102 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12103 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12104 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12106 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12107 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12108 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12109 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12110 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12112 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12113 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12114 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12115 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12116 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12117 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12118 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12119 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12122 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12123 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12124 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12128 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12130 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12131 struct bp_location *loc;
12132 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12135 address = bl->address;
12136 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12138 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12139 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12140 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12142 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12143 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12146 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12147 the same program space as the location
12148 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12149 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12154 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12155 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12158 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12159 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12160 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12161 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12162 that have already been marked. */
12163 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12165 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12167 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12169 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12170 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12175 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12176 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12177 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12178 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12179 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12180 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12181 returns true on them.
12183 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12184 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12185 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12186 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12187 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12188 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12191 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12193 struct breakpoint *b;
12194 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12195 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12196 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12197 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12198 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12199 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12201 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12202 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12203 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12204 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12205 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12207 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12208 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12209 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12210 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12212 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12213 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12214 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12215 unsigned old_location_count;
12217 old_location = bp_location;
12218 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12219 bp_location = NULL;
12220 bp_location_count = 0;
12221 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12224 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12225 bp_location_count++;
12227 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12228 locp = bp_location;
12229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12230 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12232 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12233 bp_location_compare);
12235 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12237 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12238 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12239 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12240 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12241 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12244 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12245 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12247 locp = bp_location;
12248 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12251 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12252 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12254 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12255 not, we have to free it. */
12256 int found_object = 0;
12257 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12258 int keep_in_target = 0;
12261 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12262 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12263 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12264 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12268 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12269 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12272 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12273 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12274 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12276 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12277 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12278 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12280 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12281 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12284 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12288 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12289 have to go through updates again. */
12290 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12292 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12294 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12296 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12297 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12298 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12299 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12300 at certain location is not inserted. */
12302 if (old_loc->inserted)
12304 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12307 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12309 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12310 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12311 keep_in_target = 1;
12315 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12316 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12317 remove its target-side condition. */
12319 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12320 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12321 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12322 this one from the target. */
12324 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12325 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12328 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12329 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12332 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12334 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12336 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12337 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12338 supported, but the latter are. */
12339 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12341 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12342 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12345 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12346 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12348 if (loc2 != old_loc
12349 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12351 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12352 keep_in_target = 1;
12360 if (!keep_in_target)
12362 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12364 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12365 this location on the global list, and try to
12366 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12367 reason why we will succeed next time.
12369 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12370 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12371 only after calling us. */
12372 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12373 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12374 old_loc->owner->number);
12382 if (removed && non_stop
12383 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12384 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12386 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12387 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12388 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12389 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12390 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12391 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12392 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12393 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12394 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12395 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12396 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12397 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12398 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12399 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12402 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12403 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12405 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12406 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12407 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12408 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12409 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12410 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12411 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12412 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12413 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12414 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12415 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12416 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12417 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12420 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12421 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12422 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12423 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12425 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12426 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12427 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12428 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12429 traps we can no longer explain. */
12431 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12432 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12434 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12438 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12439 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12444 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12445 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12446 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12447 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12448 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12449 are sorted first for the same address.
12451 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12452 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12454 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12455 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12456 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12457 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12458 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12460 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12462 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12465 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12466 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12467 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12468 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12469 `struct bp_location'. */
12470 || is_tracepoint (b))
12472 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12473 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12477 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12478 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12479 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12480 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12481 "actually inserted"));
12483 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12484 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12485 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12486 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12487 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12488 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12490 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12492 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12493 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12494 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12496 *loc_first_p = loc;
12497 loc->duplicate = 0;
12499 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12501 loc->needs_update = 1;
12502 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12503 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12509 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12510 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12511 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12513 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12514 loc->duplicate = 1;
12516 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12517 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12519 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12520 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12521 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12522 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12523 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12526 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12527 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12528 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12531 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12534 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12535 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12536 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12538 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12543 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12545 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12549 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12551 struct bp_location *loc;
12554 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12555 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12557 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12558 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12566 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12568 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12569 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12572 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12575 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12579 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12580 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12582 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12583 bs->old_val = NULL;
12584 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12588 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12590 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12592 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12594 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12598 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12602 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12604 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12605 struct value_print_options opts;
12607 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12609 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12611 if (b->loc == NULL)
12613 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12617 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12619 printf_filtered (" at ");
12620 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12623 if (b->loc->source_file)
12625 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12627 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12628 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12629 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12631 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12632 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12633 real situation somewhat. */
12634 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12639 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12641 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12643 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12648 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12651 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12653 xfree (self->cond);
12654 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12655 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12656 xfree (self->function_name);
12657 xfree (self->source_file);
12660 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12665 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12669 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12671 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12672 xfree (self->cond_string);
12673 xfree (self->addr_string);
12674 xfree (self->filter);
12675 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12678 static struct bp_location *
12679 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12681 struct bp_location *loc;
12683 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12684 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12689 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12691 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12694 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12695 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12698 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12700 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12704 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12706 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12710 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12711 struct address_space *aspace,
12713 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12715 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12719 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12724 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12728 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12730 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12733 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12737 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12739 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12742 static enum print_stop_action
12743 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12745 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12749 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12750 struct ui_out *uiout)
12756 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12762 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12764 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12768 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12769 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12770 enum bptype type_wanted,
12774 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12778 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12779 struct linespec_result *c,
12780 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12782 char *extra_string,
12783 enum bptype type_wanted,
12784 enum bpdisp disposition,
12786 int task, int ignore_count,
12787 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12788 int from_tty, int enabled,
12789 int internal, unsigned flags)
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12795 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12796 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12798 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12803 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12804 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12805 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12806 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12807 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12808 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12809 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12810 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12811 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12812 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12814 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12815 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12817 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12818 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12819 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12822 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12825 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12827 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12828 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12830 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12831 delete_breakpoint (b);
12835 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12839 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12841 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12842 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12845 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12850 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12852 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12853 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12855 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12859 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12860 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12861 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12863 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12865 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12866 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12869 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12873 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12874 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12875 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12882 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12884 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12889 static enum print_stop_action
12890 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12892 struct breakpoint *b;
12893 const struct bp_location *bl;
12895 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12897 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12899 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12900 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12902 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12903 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12904 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12907 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12909 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12911 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12915 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12918 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12919 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12921 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12925 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12927 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12932 case bp_breakpoint:
12933 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12934 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12935 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12937 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12938 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12939 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12940 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12942 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12943 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12946 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12954 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12956 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12958 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12960 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12961 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12963 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12966 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12967 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12969 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12970 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12974 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12975 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12976 enum bptype type_wanted,
12977 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12979 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12980 addr_start, copy_arg);
12984 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12985 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12986 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12988 char *extra_string,
12989 enum bptype type_wanted,
12990 enum bpdisp disposition,
12992 int task, int ignore_count,
12993 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12994 int from_tty, int enabled,
12995 int internal, unsigned flags)
12997 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12998 cond_string, extra_string,
13000 disposition, thread, task,
13001 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13002 enabled, internal, flags);
13006 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13007 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13009 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13012 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13015 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13019 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13020 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13021 case bp_overlay_event:
13022 case bp_longjmp_master:
13023 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13024 case bp_exception_master:
13025 delete_breakpoint (b);
13028 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13029 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13030 case bp_shlib_event:
13032 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13033 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13034 case bp_thread_event:
13040 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13042 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13044 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13045 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13046 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13047 objects (among other things). */
13048 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13049 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13055 static enum print_stop_action
13056 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13058 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13059 struct breakpoint *b;
13061 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13065 case bp_shlib_event:
13066 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13067 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13068 to shlib event" message.) */
13069 print_solib_event (0);
13072 case bp_thread_event:
13073 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13074 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13075 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13078 case bp_overlay_event:
13079 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13080 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13083 case bp_longjmp_master:
13084 /* These should never be enabled. */
13085 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13088 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13089 /* These should never be enabled. */
13090 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13091 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13094 case bp_exception_master:
13095 /* These should never be enabled. */
13096 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13097 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13101 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13105 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13107 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13110 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13113 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13115 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13116 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13117 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13118 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13122 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13124 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13127 static enum print_stop_action
13128 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13130 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13132 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13134 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13139 ui_out_field_string
13141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13145 ui_out_field_string
13147 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13152 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13156 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13158 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13161 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13163 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13164 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13167 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13169 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13172 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13174 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13177 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13180 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13182 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13186 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13188 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13195 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13197 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13198 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13200 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13204 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13205 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted,
13207 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13209 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13211 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13213 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13214 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13216 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13220 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13221 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13223 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13225 error (_("probe not found"));
13228 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13231 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13233 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13237 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13238 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13239 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13241 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13247 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13248 struct ui_out *uiout)
13250 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13251 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13253 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13255 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13256 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13257 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13258 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13263 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13265 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13270 case bp_tracepoint:
13271 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13272 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13274 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13275 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13276 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13278 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13279 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13280 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13283 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13284 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13291 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13293 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13295 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13297 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13298 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13299 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13302 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13303 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13306 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13308 if (tp->pass_count)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13313 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13314 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13315 enum bptype type_wanted,
13316 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13318 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13319 addr_start, copy_arg);
13323 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13324 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13325 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13327 char *extra_string,
13328 enum bptype type_wanted,
13329 enum bpdisp disposition,
13331 int task, int ignore_count,
13332 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13333 int from_tty, int enabled,
13334 int internal, unsigned flags)
13336 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13337 cond_string, extra_string,
13339 disposition, thread, task,
13340 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13341 enabled, internal, flags);
13345 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13346 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13348 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13351 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13357 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13358 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13359 enum bptype type_wanted,
13360 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13362 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13363 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13364 addr_start, copy_arg);
13368 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13369 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13371 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13372 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13375 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13377 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13381 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13382 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13383 enum bptype type_wanted,
13384 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13386 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13388 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13390 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13392 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13393 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13394 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13398 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13399 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13400 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13402 char *extra_string,
13403 enum bptype type_wanted,
13404 enum bpdisp disposition,
13406 int task, int ignore_count,
13407 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13408 int from_tty, int enabled,
13409 int internal, unsigned flags)
13413 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13414 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13415 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13416 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13417 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13418 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13420 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13422 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13423 struct tracepoint *tp;
13424 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13427 expanded.nelts = 1;
13428 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13430 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13431 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13433 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13434 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13436 cond_string, extra_string,
13437 type_wanted, disposition,
13438 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13439 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13440 canonical->special_display);
13441 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13442 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13443 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13444 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13445 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13446 corresponds to this one */
13447 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13449 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13451 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13456 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13457 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13459 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13461 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13462 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13464 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13468 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13471 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13474 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13476 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13479 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13483 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13485 struct breakpoint *b;
13487 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13489 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13490 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13493 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13494 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13495 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13496 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13497 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13500 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13501 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13502 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13503 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13505 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13508 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13509 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13510 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13512 struct breakpoint *related;
13513 struct watchpoint *w;
13515 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13516 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13517 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13518 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13522 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13524 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13525 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13526 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13527 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13528 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13531 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13532 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13533 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13534 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13536 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13538 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13539 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13542 if (b->next == bpt)
13544 b->next = bpt->next;
13548 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13550 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13551 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13552 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13553 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13554 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13555 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13556 commands won't work. */
13558 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13560 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13561 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13562 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13563 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13564 might be better design to have location completely
13565 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13566 update_global_location_list (0);
13568 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13569 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13570 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13571 bpt->type = bp_none;
13576 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13578 delete_breakpoint (b);
13582 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13584 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13587 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13588 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13591 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13592 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13596 struct breakpoint *related;
13601 struct breakpoint *next;
13603 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13604 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13606 if (next == related)
13608 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13609 function (related, data);
13611 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13612 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13617 function (related, data);
13621 while (related != b);
13625 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13627 delete_breakpoint (b);
13630 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13631 delete_breakpoint. */
13634 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13636 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13640 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13642 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13648 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13650 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13651 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13652 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13654 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13656 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13660 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13662 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13665 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13666 delete_breakpoint (b);
13670 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13674 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13676 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13677 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13678 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13683 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13684 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13685 Null names are ignored. */
13688 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13690 struct bp_location *l;
13691 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13692 (int (*) (const void *,
13693 const void *)) streq,
13694 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13696 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13699 const char *name = l->function_name;
13701 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13705 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13707 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13711 htab_delete (htab);
13717 htab_delete (htab);
13721 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13722 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13723 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13724 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13725 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13726 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13727 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13728 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13731 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13732 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13733 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13734 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13735 in the sources, and output a warning.
13737 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13738 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13739 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13740 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13741 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13744 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13745 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13746 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13747 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13748 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13749 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13750 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13751 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13752 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13754 static struct symtab_and_line
13755 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13757 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13758 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13763 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13765 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13767 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13768 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13770 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13772 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13773 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13774 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13779 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13781 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13783 && sal.symtab != NULL
13784 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13786 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13789 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13791 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13793 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13794 struct symbol *sym;
13795 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13796 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13798 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13800 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13801 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13803 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13804 "found at previous line number"),
13805 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13809 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13811 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13812 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13813 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13816 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13817 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13818 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13821 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13825 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13828 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13831 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13834 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13836 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13838 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13840 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13842 xfree (b->addr_string);
13843 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13844 sal2.symtab->filename,
13845 b->loc->line_number);
13847 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13850 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13856 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13857 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13860 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13864 if (a->address != b->address)
13867 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13870 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13877 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13883 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13884 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13885 a ranged breakpoint. */
13888 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13889 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13890 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13893 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13895 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13897 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13899 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13900 update_global_location_list (1);
13901 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13902 "multiple locations found\n"),
13907 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13908 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13909 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13910 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13911 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13912 individual locations. */
13913 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13918 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13920 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13922 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13924 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13926 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13928 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13931 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13933 s = b->cond_string;
13934 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13936 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13937 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13942 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13943 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13944 b->number, e.message);
13945 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13949 if (sals_end.nelts)
13951 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13953 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13957 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13958 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13959 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13961 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13964 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13965 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13966 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13967 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13968 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13969 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13970 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13972 for (; e; e = e->next)
13974 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13976 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13977 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13979 for (; l; l = l->next)
13980 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13988 for (; l; l = l->next)
13989 if (l->function_name
13990 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14000 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14001 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14003 update_global_location_list (1);
14006 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14007 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14009 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14010 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14013 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14014 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14016 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14019 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14021 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14025 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14026 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14027 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14028 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14029 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14030 state, then user already saw the message about that
14031 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14033 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14034 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14035 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14036 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14037 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14038 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14040 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14042 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14043 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14044 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14045 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14046 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14047 which approach is better. */
14048 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14049 throw_exception (e);
14053 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14057 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14058 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14059 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14061 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14064 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14065 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14068 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14069 b->thread = thread;
14072 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14073 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14076 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14077 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14087 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14088 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14092 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14095 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14096 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14099 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14102 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14106 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14108 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14111 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14112 expanded_end = sals_end;
14116 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14119 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14120 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14123 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14124 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14125 enum bptype type_wanted,
14126 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14128 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14131 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14132 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14136 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14137 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14138 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14140 char *extra_string,
14141 enum bptype type_wanted,
14142 enum bpdisp disposition,
14144 int task, int ignore_count,
14145 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14146 int from_tty, int enabled,
14147 int internal, unsigned flags)
14149 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14151 type_wanted, disposition,
14152 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14153 enabled, internal, flags);
14156 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14157 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14160 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14161 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14163 struct linespec_result canonical;
14165 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14166 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14167 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14168 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14171 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14172 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14176 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14178 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14179 *sals = lsal->sals;
14180 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14182 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14185 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14188 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14190 static struct cleanup *
14191 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14193 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14195 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14196 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14197 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14199 set_language (b->language);
14204 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14205 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14206 Unused in this case. */
14209 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14211 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14212 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14213 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14215 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14216 b->ops->re_set (b);
14217 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14221 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14223 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14225 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14226 enum language save_language;
14227 int save_input_radix;
14228 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14230 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14231 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14232 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14236 /* Format possible error msg. */
14237 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14239 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14240 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14241 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14243 set_language (save_language);
14244 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14246 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14248 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14250 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14251 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14252 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14253 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14255 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14259 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14261 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14262 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14264 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14266 if (b->thread != -1)
14268 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14269 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14271 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14272 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14273 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14275 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14279 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14280 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14281 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14284 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14286 struct breakpoint *b;
14291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14292 if (b->number == bptnum)
14294 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14296 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14297 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14302 b->ignore_count = count;
14306 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14307 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14309 else if (count == 1)
14310 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14313 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14314 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14317 breakpoints_changed ();
14318 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14322 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14325 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14328 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14334 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14336 num = get_number (&p);
14338 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14340 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14342 set_ignore_count (num,
14343 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14346 printf_filtered ("\n");
14349 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14350 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14353 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14358 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14360 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14363 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14365 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14367 while (!state.finished)
14369 char *p = state.string;
14373 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14376 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14380 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14381 if (b->number == num)
14384 function (b, data);
14388 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14393 static struct bp_location *
14394 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14396 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14400 struct breakpoint *b;
14401 struct bp_location *loc;
14406 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14408 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14411 if (b->number == bp_num)
14416 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14417 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14420 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14422 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14426 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14429 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14435 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14436 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14437 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14440 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14442 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14443 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14444 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14445 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14448 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14449 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14452 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14454 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14455 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14457 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14458 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14460 struct bp_location *location;
14462 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14463 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14466 update_global_location_list (0);
14468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14471 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14474 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14476 disable_breakpoint (b);
14479 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14480 disable_breakpoint. */
14483 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14485 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14489 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14493 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14496 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14497 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14499 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14501 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14507 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14509 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14510 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14511 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14512 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14514 update_global_location_list (0);
14517 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14521 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14524 int target_resources_ok;
14526 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14529 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14530 target_resources_ok =
14531 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14533 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14534 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14535 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14536 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14539 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14541 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14542 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14543 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14545 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14547 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14549 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14550 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14551 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14555 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14556 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14562 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14563 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14565 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14567 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14568 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14570 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14571 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14573 struct bp_location *location;
14575 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14576 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14579 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14580 bpt->enable_count = count;
14581 update_global_location_list (1);
14582 breakpoints_changed ();
14584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14589 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14591 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14595 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14597 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14600 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14601 enable_breakpoint. */
14604 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14606 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14609 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14610 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14611 in stopping the inferior. */
14614 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14618 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14621 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14622 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14624 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14626 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14632 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14634 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14635 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14636 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14637 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14639 update_global_location_list (1);
14642 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14645 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14655 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14657 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14659 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14663 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14665 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14667 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14671 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14673 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14677 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14679 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14681 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14685 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14687 int count = get_number (&args);
14689 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14693 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14695 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14697 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14701 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14703 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14707 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14712 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14716 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14717 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14721 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14722 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14723 const bfd_byte *data)
14725 struct breakpoint *bp;
14727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14728 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14729 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14731 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14733 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14735 struct bp_location *loc;
14737 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14738 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14739 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14740 && addr + len > loc->address)
14742 value_free (wp->val);
14750 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14751 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14752 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14753 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14757 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14758 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14760 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14762 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14764 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14765 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14767 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14769 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14777 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14778 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14781 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14783 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14786 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14792 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14795 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14796 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14798 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14801 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14802 struct address_space *aspace,
14807 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14809 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14810 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14814 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14815 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14816 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14819 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14820 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14821 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14822 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14823 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14824 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14826 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14827 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14828 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14829 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14832 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14833 were inserted or not. */
14836 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14838 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14839 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14842 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14845 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14847 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14849 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14851 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14852 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14853 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14854 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14856 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14858 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14859 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14860 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14861 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14865 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14866 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14867 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14871 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14875 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14876 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14878 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14879 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14880 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14884 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14888 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14892 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14893 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14894 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14895 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14898 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14902 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14907 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14909 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14911 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14912 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14920 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14921 non-zero otherwise. */
14923 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14925 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14926 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14927 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14934 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14936 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14937 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14939 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14943 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14945 struct breakpoint *bp;
14947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14948 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14950 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14952 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14956 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14958 if (syscall_number == iter)
14968 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14969 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14970 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14971 char *text, char *word)
14973 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14974 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14975 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14981 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14983 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14985 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14987 tracepoint_count = num;
14988 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14992 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14994 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14995 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14997 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14998 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15000 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15002 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15004 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15006 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15007 0 /* Ignore count */,
15008 pending_break_support,
15012 0 /* internal */, 0))
15013 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15017 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15019 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15021 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15023 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15024 0 /* Ignore count */,
15025 pending_break_support,
15026 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15029 0 /* internal */, 0))
15030 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15033 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15036 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15038 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15040 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15041 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15042 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15043 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15045 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15047 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15049 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15051 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15052 0 /* Ignore count */,
15053 pending_break_support,
15057 0 /* internal */, 0))
15058 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15061 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15062 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15064 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15065 static int next_cmd;
15068 read_uploaded_action (void)
15072 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15079 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15080 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15081 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15082 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15083 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15085 struct tracepoint *
15086 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15088 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15089 struct tracepoint *tp;
15091 if (utp->at_string)
15092 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15095 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15096 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15097 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15099 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15100 "source location, using raw address"),
15102 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15103 addr_str = small_buf;
15106 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15107 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15108 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15109 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15112 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15114 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15115 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15117 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15118 0 /* Ignore count */,
15119 pending_break_support,
15120 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15122 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15124 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15127 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15129 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15130 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15131 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15135 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
15137 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15140 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15141 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15142 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15144 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15146 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15151 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15153 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15155 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15156 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15157 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15158 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15161 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15162 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15163 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15168 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15172 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15174 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15177 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15179 if (num_printed == 0)
15181 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15182 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15184 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15187 default_collect_info ();
15190 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15191 Not supported by all targets. */
15193 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15195 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15198 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15199 Not supported by all targets. */
15201 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15203 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15206 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15208 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15210 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15216 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15218 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15219 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15220 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15222 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15223 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15225 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15229 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15231 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15234 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15235 delete_breakpoint (b);
15239 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15242 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15245 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15247 tp->pass_count = count;
15248 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
15250 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15251 tp->base.number, count);
15254 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15256 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15257 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15258 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15261 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15263 struct tracepoint *t1;
15264 unsigned int count;
15266 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15267 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15268 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15270 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15272 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15275 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15277 struct breakpoint *b;
15279 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15281 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15283 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15285 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15286 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15289 else if (*args == '\0')
15291 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15293 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15297 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15299 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15300 while (!state.finished)
15302 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15304 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15309 struct tracepoint *
15310 get_tracepoint (int num)
15312 struct breakpoint *t;
15314 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15315 if (t->number == num)
15316 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15321 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15322 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15325 struct tracepoint *
15326 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15328 struct breakpoint *b;
15330 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15332 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15334 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15341 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15342 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15343 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15344 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15345 struct tracepoint *
15346 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15347 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15350 extern int tracepoint_count;
15351 struct breakpoint *t;
15353 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15357 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15358 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15360 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15363 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15365 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15368 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15372 if (instring && *instring)
15373 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15376 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15377 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15381 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15382 if (t->number == tpnum)
15384 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15387 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15392 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15394 if (b->thread != -1)
15395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15403 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15404 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15405 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15409 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15410 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15412 struct breakpoint *tp;
15415 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15416 struct ui_file *fp;
15417 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15419 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15420 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15422 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15425 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15426 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15429 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15430 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15435 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15437 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15439 /* We can stop searching. */
15446 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15450 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15451 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15452 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15454 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15455 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15456 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15458 if (extra_trace_bits)
15459 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15461 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15463 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15464 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15467 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15468 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15471 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15473 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15474 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15477 if (tp->cond_string)
15478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15480 if (tp->ignore_count)
15481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15485 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15489 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15490 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15492 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15494 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15497 throw_exception (ex);
15499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15502 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15505 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15506 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15507 special, and not user visible. */
15508 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15510 struct bp_location *loc;
15513 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15519 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15522 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15524 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15527 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15530 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15532 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15535 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15538 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15540 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15543 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15545 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15546 all_tracepoints (void)
15548 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15549 struct breakpoint *tp;
15551 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15553 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15560 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15561 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15562 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15564 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15565 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15566 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15567 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15568 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15569 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15570 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15571 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15572 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15573 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15574 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15576 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15577 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15579 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15580 conditions are different.\n\
15582 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15584 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15585 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15587 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15588 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15591 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15592 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15593 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15594 completer_ftype *completer,
15595 void *user_data_catch,
15596 void *user_data_tcatch)
15598 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15600 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15602 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15603 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15604 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15606 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15608 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15609 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15610 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15614 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15616 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15617 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15619 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15620 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15621 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15625 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15627 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15628 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15629 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15632 struct breakpoint *
15633 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15636 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15640 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15647 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15648 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15651 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15653 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15654 non-inline function. */
15655 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15661 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15662 have been inlined. */
15665 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15666 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15668 struct breakpoint *b;
15669 struct bp_location *bl;
15671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15673 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15676 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15678 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15679 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15688 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15690 static int initialized = 0;
15692 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15698 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15699 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15700 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15701 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15702 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15703 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15704 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15705 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15706 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15707 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15708 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15709 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15711 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15712 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15713 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15714 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15715 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15716 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15717 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15718 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15720 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15721 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15722 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15723 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15724 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15725 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15726 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15727 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15728 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15729 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15731 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15732 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15733 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15734 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15735 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15736 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15737 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15739 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15740 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15741 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15742 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15743 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15744 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15745 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15747 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15748 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15749 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15750 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15752 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15753 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15754 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15755 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15756 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15757 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15758 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15760 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15761 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15762 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15763 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15764 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15765 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15766 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15769 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15770 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15771 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15772 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15773 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15774 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15775 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15776 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15777 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15778 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15779 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15780 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15781 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15783 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15784 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15785 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15786 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15787 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15788 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15789 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15790 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15791 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15792 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15793 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15796 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15797 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15798 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15799 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15800 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15801 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15802 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15803 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15804 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15805 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15807 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15808 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15809 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15810 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15811 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15813 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15814 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15815 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15816 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15817 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15818 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15820 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15821 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15824 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15825 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15826 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15827 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15828 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15829 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15831 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15832 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15833 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15834 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15835 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15836 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15837 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15838 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15839 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15840 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15842 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15843 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15844 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15845 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15846 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15847 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15848 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15849 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15850 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15851 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15852 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15854 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15855 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15858 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15859 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15860 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15861 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15862 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15863 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15864 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15866 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15867 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15868 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15869 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15870 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15871 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15872 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15873 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15874 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15875 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15876 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15877 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15879 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15880 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15881 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15882 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15883 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15884 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15885 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15888 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15890 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15893 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15895 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15897 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15899 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15900 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15901 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15903 breakpoint_objfile_key
15904 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15906 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15907 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15908 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15910 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15911 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15912 before a breakpoint is set. */
15913 breakpoint_count = 0;
15915 tracepoint_count = 0;
15917 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15918 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15919 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15921 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15923 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15924 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15925 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15926 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15927 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15928 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15929 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15930 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15932 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15933 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15934 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15935 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15936 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15938 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15939 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15940 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15941 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15942 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15944 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15945 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15947 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15948 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15949 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15950 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15952 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15953 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15955 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15956 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15957 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15958 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15960 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15961 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15963 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15964 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15965 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15966 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15967 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15968 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15969 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15971 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15972 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15973 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15974 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15975 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15976 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15978 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15980 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15981 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15982 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15983 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15984 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15985 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15987 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15988 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15989 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15992 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15993 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15994 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15997 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15998 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15999 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16000 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16003 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16004 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16005 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16008 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16009 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16010 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16013 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16014 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16015 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16016 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16019 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16020 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16021 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16022 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16023 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16024 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16025 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16026 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16028 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16029 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16030 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16031 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16032 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16034 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16035 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16036 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16037 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16038 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16039 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16042 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16043 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16044 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16045 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16047 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16048 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16049 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16050 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16051 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16053 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16054 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16055 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16056 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16058 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16059 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16060 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16061 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16062 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16065 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16066 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16067 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16068 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16069 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16070 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16072 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16073 is executing in.\n\
16075 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16076 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16078 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16079 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16080 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16081 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16083 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16085 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16086 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16089 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16093 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16094 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16095 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16096 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16097 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16098 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16099 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16100 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16101 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16102 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16103 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16104 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16105 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16106 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16107 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16108 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16110 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16111 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16112 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16113 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16114 breakpoint set."));
16117 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16118 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16119 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16120 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16121 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16122 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16123 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16124 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16125 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16127 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16128 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16129 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16130 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16131 breakpoint set."));
16133 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16136 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16137 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16138 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16139 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16140 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16141 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16142 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16143 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16144 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16146 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16147 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16148 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16149 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16150 breakpoint set."));
16152 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16153 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16154 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16155 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16156 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16157 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16158 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16159 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16160 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16161 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16162 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16163 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16164 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16166 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16167 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16168 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16169 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16171 &maintenanceinfolist);
16173 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16174 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16175 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16176 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16178 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16179 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16180 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16181 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16183 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16184 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16185 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16186 catch_catch_command,
16190 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16191 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16192 catch_throw_command,
16196 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16197 catch_fork_command_1,
16199 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16200 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16201 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16202 catch_fork_command_1,
16204 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16205 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16206 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16207 catch_exec_command_1,
16211 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16212 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16213 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16214 catch_load_command_1,
16218 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16219 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16220 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16221 catch_unload_command_1,
16225 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16226 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16227 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16228 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16229 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16230 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16231 catch_syscall_command_1,
16232 catch_syscall_completer,
16236 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16237 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16238 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16239 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16240 an expression changes.\n\
16241 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16242 the memory to which it refers."));
16243 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16245 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16246 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16247 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16248 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16249 an expression is read.\n\
16250 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16251 the memory to which it refers."));
16252 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16254 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16255 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16256 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16257 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16258 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16259 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16260 the memory to which it refers."));
16261 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16263 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16264 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16266 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16267 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16268 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16269 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16270 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16271 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16272 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16273 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16274 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16277 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16278 &setlist, &showlist);
16280 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16282 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16284 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16285 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16287 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16288 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16289 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16291 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16292 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16293 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16294 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16296 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16297 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16299 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16300 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16303 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16304 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16306 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16307 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16308 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16309 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16310 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16311 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16312 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16313 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16314 the selected stack frame.\n\
16315 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16316 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16317 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16318 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16320 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16322 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16323 conditions are different.\n\
16325 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16326 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16327 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16329 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16330 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16331 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16332 last tracepoint set."));
16334 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16336 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16337 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16338 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16339 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16342 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16343 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16344 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16345 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16347 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16349 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16350 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16351 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16352 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16354 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16356 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16357 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16358 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16359 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16360 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16362 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16363 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16364 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16365 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16367 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16368 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16369 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16370 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16371 session to restore them."),
16373 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16375 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16376 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16377 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16379 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16381 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16382 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16384 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16385 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16386 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16387 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16388 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16389 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16390 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16391 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16392 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16393 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16394 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16395 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16397 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16398 &pending_break_support, _("\
16399 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16400 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16401 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16402 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16403 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16404 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16406 show_pending_break_support,
16407 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16408 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16410 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16412 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16413 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16414 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16415 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16416 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16417 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16418 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16421 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16422 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16424 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16425 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16426 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16427 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16428 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16429 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16430 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16431 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16432 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16433 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16434 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16435 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16437 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16438 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16439 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16441 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16442 condition_evaluation_enums,
16443 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16444 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16445 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16446 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16447 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16448 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16449 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16450 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16451 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16452 be set to \"gdb\""),
16453 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16454 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16455 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16456 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16458 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16459 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16460 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16461 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16462 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16463 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16464 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16465 or the start of the range\n\
16466 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16467 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16468 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16470 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16471 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16472 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16474 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16475 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16476 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16477 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16478 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16479 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16481 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16483 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16484 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16485 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16486 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16487 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16488 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16489 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16490 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16491 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16492 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16493 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16494 &setlist, &showlist);
16496 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16497 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16498 &dprintf_function, _("\
16499 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16500 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16501 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16502 &setlist, &showlist);
16504 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16505 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16506 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16507 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16508 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16509 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16510 &setlist, &showlist);
16512 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16513 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16514 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16515 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16516 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16517 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16520 &setlist, &showlist);
16522 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16523 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16524 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16526 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16528 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);